blob: 76296c690ccd2493b09ba98bac0b438b62b07609 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000062 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000063 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000082 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000090/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
91/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
92/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
93///
94void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
95 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
96{
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000097 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 if (!attr)
99 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
101 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000103 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
104 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
107 int isMethod = 0;
108 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
109 // skip over named parameters.
110 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
111 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
112 if (nullPos)
113 --nullPos;
114 else
115 ++i;
116 }
117 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
118 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000119 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000120 // skip over named parameters.
121 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
122 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000129 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000130 // block or function pointer call.
131 QualType Ty = V->getType();
132 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
133 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000134 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
135 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000136 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
137 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
138 unsigned k;
139 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
140 if (nullPos)
141 --nullPos;
142 else
143 ++i;
144 }
145 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
146 }
147 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
148 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000149 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000150 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000151 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000152 return;
153
154 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000155 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000157 return;
158 }
159 int sentinel = i;
160 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
161 --sentinelPos;
162 ++i;
163 }
164 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
165 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000166 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000167 return;
168 }
169 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
170 ++i;
171 ++sentinel;
172 }
173 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
174 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
175 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000176 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000177 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000178 }
179 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000180}
181
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000182SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
183 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
184 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
185}
186
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000187//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
188// Standard Promotions and Conversions
189//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
190
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
192void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
193 QualType Ty = E->getType();
194 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
195
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
197 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
199 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
200 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
201 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
202 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
203 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
204 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000205 //
206 // C++ 4.2p1:
207 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
208 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
209 //
210 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
211 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000212 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
213 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000214}
215
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000216/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
217/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
218///
219/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
220/// promotion occurs.
221static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000222 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
223 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000224 return QualType();
225
226 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
227 if (!BT)
228 return QualType();
229
230 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
231 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
232 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
233 return QualType();
234
235 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
236 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
237 return QualType();
238
239 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
240 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
241 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
242 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
243 return Context.IntTy;
244
245 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
246 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
247
248 return QualType();
249}
250
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000251/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
252/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
253/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
254/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
255/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
256Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
257 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
258 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
259
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000260 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
261 //
262 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
263 // unsigned int may be used:
264 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
265 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
266 // and unsigned int.
267 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
268 //
269 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
270 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
271 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
272 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
273 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000274 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000275 return Expr;
276 } else {
277 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
278 if (!T.isNull()) {
279 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
280 return Expr;
281 }
282 }
283
284 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 return Expr;
286}
287
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000288/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
289/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
290/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
291void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
292 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
293 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
294
295 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
296 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
297 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
298 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
299
300 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
301}
302
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000303/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
304/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
305/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
306/// completely illegal.
307bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000308 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
309
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000310 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
311 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
312 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
313 << Expr->getType() << CT;
314 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000315 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000316
317 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
318 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
319 << Expr->getType() << CT;
320
321 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000322}
323
324
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000325/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
326/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
327/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
328/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
329/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
330/// GCC.
331QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
332 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000333 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000334 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000335
336 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000337
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
339 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000340 QualType lhs =
341 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
342 QualType rhs =
343 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000344
345 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
346 if (lhs == rhs)
347 return lhs;
348
349 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
350 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
351 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
352 return lhs;
353
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000354 // Perform bitfield promotions.
355 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
356 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
357 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
358 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
359 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
360 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
361
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000362 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000363 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000364 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000365 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000366 return destType;
367}
368
369QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
370 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
371 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
372 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
373 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
374 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000375 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
376 lhs = Context.IntTy;
377 else
378 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
379 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
380 rhs = Context.IntTy;
381 else
382 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000383
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000384 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
385 if (lhs == rhs)
386 return lhs;
387
388 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
389 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
390 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
391 return lhs;
392
393 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
394
395 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
396 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
397 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
398 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
399 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000400 return lhs;
401 }
402 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
403 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000404 return rhs;
405 }
406 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
407 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
408 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
409 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
410 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
411 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
412 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
413 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
414 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
415 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
416 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
417
418 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
419 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000420 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
421 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000422 }
423 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
424 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
425 // does not require this promotion.
426 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
427 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000428 return rhs;
429 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000430 return lhs;
431 }
432 }
433 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
434 }
435 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
436 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
437 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000438 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000439 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000440 return lhs;
441 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000442 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
443 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
444 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
445 }
446 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000447 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000448 return rhs;
449 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000450 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
451 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
452 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
453 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000454 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
455 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
456 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000457 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000458 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000459 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
460 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000461 }
462 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
463 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
464 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
465 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
466
467 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
468 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000469 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
470 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000471 return rhs;
472 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
473 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000474 return lhs;
475 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
476 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000477 return rhs;
478 }
479 }
480 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
481 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
482 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
483 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
484 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
485 QualType destType;
486 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
487 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
488 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
489 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
490 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
491 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
492 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
493 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
494 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
495 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
496 // use the signed type.
497 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
498 } else {
499 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
500 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
501 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
502 // to the signed type.
503 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
504 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000505 return destType;
506}
507
508//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
509// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
510//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
511
512
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000513/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000514/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
515/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
516/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
517/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000518///
519Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000520Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000521 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
522
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000523 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000524 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000525 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000526
527 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
528 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
529 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000530
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000531 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000532 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000533 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000534
535 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
536 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
537 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000538
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000539 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
540 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
541 // strings.
542 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000543 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000544 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000545
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000546 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000547 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
548 Literal.GetStringLength(),
549 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
550 &StringTokLocs[0],
551 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000552}
553
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000554/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
555/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
556/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
557/// for values inside the block or for globals).
558///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000559/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
560/// up-to-date.
561///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000562static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
563 ValueDecl *VD) {
564 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
565 // we wanted to.
566 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
567 return false;
568
569 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
570 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
571 return false;
572
573 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
574 // snapshot it.
575 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
576 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000577 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
578 return false;
579
580 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
581 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
582
583 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
584 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
585 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
586 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
587 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
588 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
589 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
590 // having a reference outside it.
591 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
592 break;
593
594 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
595 // a snapshot as well.
596 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
597 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000598
599 return true;
600}
601
602
603
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000604/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000605/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000606/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000607/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000608/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000609Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
610 IdentifierInfo &II,
611 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000612 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
613 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
614 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000615 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000616}
617
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000618/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
619/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
620/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000621Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000622Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
623 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
624 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000625 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
626 Diag(Loc,
627 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
628 << D->getDeclName();
629 return ExprError();
630 }
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000631
632 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
633 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
634 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
635 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
636 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
637 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
638 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
639 << D->getIdentifier();
640 return ExprError();
641 }
642 }
643 }
644 }
645
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000646 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000647
648 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000649 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000650 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
651 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000652 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000653 } else
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000654 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
655
656 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000657}
658
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000659/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
660/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
661/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000662static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
663 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000664 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
665 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
666
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000667 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
668 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
669 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000670 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000671 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
672 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000673 D != DEnd; ++D) {
674 if (*D == Record) {
675 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
676 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
677 ++D;
678 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000679 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000680 return *D;
681 }
682 }
683
684 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
685 return 0;
686}
687
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000688/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
689/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
690/// actual member.
691///
692/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
693/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
694/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
695/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
696/// we found.
697///
698/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
699/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
700/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
701VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
702 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000703 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
704 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
705 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
706
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000707 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000708 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
709 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
710 do {
711 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000712 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000713 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000714 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000715 else {
716 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
717 break;
718 }
719 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
720 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
721 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000722
723 return BaseObject;
724}
725
726Sema::OwningExprResult
727Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
728 FieldDecl *Field,
729 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
730 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
731 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
732 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
733 AnonFields);
734
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000735 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
736 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
737 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
738 // found via name lookup.
739 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
740 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
741 if (BaseObject) {
742 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
743 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000744 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000745 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000746 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000747 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000748 ExtraQuals
749 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
750 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
751 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
752 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
753 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
754 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000755 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000756 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
757 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
758 }
759 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
760 } else {
761 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
762 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
763 // program our base object expression is "this".
764 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
765 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
766 QualType AnonFieldType
767 = Context.getTagDeclType(
768 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
769 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
770 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
771 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
772 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
773 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000774 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000775 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000776 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
777 }
778 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000779 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
780 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000781 }
782 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
783 }
784
785 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000786 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
787 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000788 }
789
790 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
791 // anonymous struct/union.
792 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000793 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseObjectExpr->getType().getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000794 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
795 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
796 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
797 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
798 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
799 unsigned combinedQualifiers
800 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
801 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
802 }
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000803 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
804 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000805 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000806 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
807 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000808 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
809 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000810 }
811
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000812 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000813}
814
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000815/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
816/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
817/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
818/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
819/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
820/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
821/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
822/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
823/// forms.
824///
825/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
826/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
827/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
828/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000829///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000830/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
831/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
832/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
833/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000834Sema::OwningExprResult
835Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
836 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000837 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000838 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000839 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000840 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
841 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000842
843 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
844 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
845 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
846 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000847 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000848 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000849 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
850 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000851 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
852 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000853 }
854
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000855 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
856 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000857
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000858 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
859 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
860 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
861 : SourceRange());
862 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000863 }
864
865 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000866
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000867 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
868 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000869 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
870 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000871 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
872 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000873 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
874 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
875 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000876 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000877 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000878 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000879 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000880 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000881 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
882 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000883
884 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
885 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
886 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
887 return ExprError();
888
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000889 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
890 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
891 // an error.
892 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
893 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
894 << IV->getDeclName());
895 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
896 // same name exists, use the global.
897 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000898 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
899 ClassDeclared != IFace)
900 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000901 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
902 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000903 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisecd1bae2009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000904 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
905 II, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000906 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000907 return Owned(new (Context)
908 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000909 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000910 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000911 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000912 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000913 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
914 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000915 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000916 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000917 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
918 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000919 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000920 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000921 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000922 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000923 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000924 QualType T;
925
926 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000927 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
928 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000929 else
930 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000931 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000932 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000933 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000934
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000935 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
936 // argument-dependent lookup.
937 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
938 HasTrailingLParen;
939
940 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000941 // We've seen something of the form
942 //
943 // identifier(
944 //
945 // and we did not find any entity by the name
946 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
947 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
948 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
949 Context.OverloadTy,
950 Loc));
951 }
952
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000953 if (D == 0) {
954 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
955 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000956 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000957 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000958 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000959 else {
960 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
961 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000962 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000963 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
964 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000965 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
966 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000967 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
968 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000969 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000970 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000971 }
972 }
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000973
974 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
975 // Warn about constructs like:
976 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
977 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
978
979 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
980 // information to check this property.
981 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
982 Scope *CheckS = S;
983 while (CheckS) {
984 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
985 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
986 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
987 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
988 << Var->getDeclName());
989 else
990 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
991 << Var->getDeclName());
992 break;
993 }
994
995 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
996 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
997 if (CheckS)
998 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
999 }
1000 }
1001 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1002 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1003 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1004 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1005 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1006 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1007 // type.
1008 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
1009 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001010
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001011 QualType T = Func->getType();
1012 QualType NoProtoType = T;
1013 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1014 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
1015 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
1016 }
1017 }
1018
1019 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
1020}
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001021/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001022bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001023Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1024 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
1025 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
1026 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
1027 QualType DestType =
1028 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001029 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1030 return false;
1031 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1032 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001033 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001034 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1035 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001036 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001037 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1038 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1039 DestRecordType,
1040 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1041 From->getSourceRange()))
1042 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001043 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1044 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001045 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001046 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001047}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001048
1049/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1050Sema::OwningExprResult
1051Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
1052 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1053 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1054 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1055 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
1056 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1057
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001058 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
1059 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
1060 // not any specific instance's member.
1061 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001062 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001063 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001064 QualType DType;
1065 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1066 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1067 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1068 DType = Method->getType();
1069 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1070 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
1071 }
1072 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
1073 if (!DType.isNull()) {
1074 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
1075 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001076 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001077 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001078 }
1079 }
1080 }
1081
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001082 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1083 // (C++ [class.union]).
1084 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1085 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1086 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001087
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001088 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1089 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1090 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1091 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1092 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1093 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1094 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1095 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1096 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1097 QualType MemberType;
1098 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1099 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1100 MemberType = FD->getType();
1101
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001102 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001103 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1104 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1105 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1106 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1107 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1108 }
1109 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1110 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1111 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1112 MemberType = Method->getType();
1113 }
1114 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1115 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1116 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1117 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1118 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1119 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1120 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1121 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1122 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1123 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1124 break;
1125 }
1126 }
1127 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001128
1129 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001130 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1131 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1132 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1133 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1134 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1135 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001136 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001137 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001138 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001139 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1140 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001141 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001142 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001143 }
1144 }
1145 }
1146 }
1147
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001148 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001149 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1150 if (MD->isStatic())
1151 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001152 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1153 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001154 }
1155
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001156 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1157 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1158 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001159 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1160 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001161 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001162
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001163 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001164 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001165 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001166 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001167 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001168 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001169
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001170 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001171 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001172 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1173 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001174 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001175 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1176 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001177 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001178
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001179 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1180 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1181 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1182 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001183 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1184 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001185 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1186 return ExprError();
1187
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001188 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1189 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001190 return ExprError();
1191
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001192 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1193 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1194 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1195 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001196 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001197 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1198 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1199 //
1200 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001201 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001202 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001203 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001204 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001205 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001206 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1207 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001208 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001209
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001210 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001211 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1212 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001213 }
1214 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1215 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001216
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001217 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001218 bool ValueDependent = false;
1219 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1220 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1221 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1222 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1223 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1224 TypeDependent = true;
1225 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1226 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1227 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1228 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1229 TypeDependent = true;
1230 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1231 // names a dependent type.
1232 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001233 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001234 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1235 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001236 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001237 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1238 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1239 TypeDependent = true;
1240 break;
1241 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001242 }
1243 }
1244 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001245
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001246 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1247 //
1248 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1249 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1250 if (TypeDependent)
1251 ValueDependent = true;
1252 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1253 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1254 ValueDependent = true;
1255 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1256 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001257 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1258 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1259 Dcl->getInit()) {
1260 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1261 }
1262 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001263 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001264
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001265 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1266 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001267}
1268
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001269Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1270 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001271 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001272
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001273 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001274 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001275 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1276 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1277 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001278 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001279
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001280 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1281 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001282 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001283 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1284 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001285 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1286 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1287 else {
1288 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1289 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1290 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1291 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001292
1293
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001294 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001295 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001296 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001297 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001298}
1299
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001300Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001301 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1302 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1303 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1304 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001305
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001306 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1307 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1308 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001309 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001310
1311 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1312
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001313 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1314 Literal.isWide(),
1315 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001316}
1317
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001318Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1319 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001320 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1321 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001322 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001323 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001324 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001325 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001326 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001327
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001328 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001329 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1330 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001331 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001332
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001333 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1334 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001335
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001336 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1337 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1338 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001339 return ExprError();
1340
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001341 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001342
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001343 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001344 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001345 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001346 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001347 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001348 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001349 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001350 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001351
1352 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1353
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001354 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1355 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001356 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1357 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001358
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001359 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001360 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001361 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001362 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001363
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001364 // long long is a C99 feature.
1365 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001366 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001367 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1368
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001369 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001370 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001371
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001372 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1373 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1374 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001375 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1376 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001377 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001378 } else {
1379 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1380 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001381
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001382 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1383 // be an unsigned int.
1384 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1385
1386 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001387 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001388 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1389 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001390 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001391
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001392 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1393 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1394 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1395 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001396 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001397 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001398 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001399 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001400 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001401 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001402
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001403 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001404 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001405 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001406
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001407 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1408 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1409 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1410 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001411 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001412 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001413 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001414 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001415 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001416 }
1417
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001418 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001419 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001420 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001421
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001422 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1423 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1424 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1425 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001426 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001427 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001428 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001429 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001430 }
1431 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001432
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001433 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1434 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001435 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001436 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001437 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001438 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001439 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001440
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001441 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1442 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001443 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001444 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001445 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001446
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001447 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1448 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001449 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1450 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001451
1452 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001453}
1454
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001455Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1456 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001457 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001458 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001459 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001460}
1461
1462/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1463/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001464bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001465 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1466 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1467 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001468 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1469 return false;
1470
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001471 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001472 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001473 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001474 if (isSizeof)
1475 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1476 return false;
1477 }
1478
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001479 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001480 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001481 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1482 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001483 return false;
1484 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001485
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001486 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1487 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1488 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1489 ExprRange))
1490 return true;
1491
1492 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001493 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001494 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001495 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1496 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001497 }
1498
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001499 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001500}
1501
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001502bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1503 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1504 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001505
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001506 // alignof decl is always ok.
1507 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1508 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001509
1510 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1511 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1512 return false;
1513
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001514 if (E->getBitField()) {
1515 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1516 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001517 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001518
1519 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1520 // bit-field.
1521 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001522 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001523 return false;
1524
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001525 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1526}
1527
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001528/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1529Action::OwningExprResult
1530Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1531 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1532 if (T.isNull())
1533 return ExprError();
1534
1535 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1536 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1537 return ExprError();
1538
1539 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1540 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1541 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1542 R.getEnd()));
1543}
1544
1545/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1546/// operand.
1547Action::OwningExprResult
1548Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1549 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1550 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1551 bool isInvalid = false;
1552 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1553 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1554 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1555 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001556 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001557 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1558 isInvalid = true;
1559 } else {
1560 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1561 }
1562
1563 if (isInvalid)
1564 return ExprError();
1565
1566 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1567 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1568 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1569 R.getEnd()));
1570}
1571
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001572/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1573/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1574/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001575Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001576Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1577 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001578 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001580
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001581 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001582 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1583 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1584 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001585
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001586 // Get the end location.
1587 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1588 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1589 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1590
1591 if (Result.isInvalid())
1592 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1593
1594 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001595}
1596
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001597QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001598 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1599 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001600
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001601 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001602 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1603 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001604
1605 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1606 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1607 return V->getType();
1608
1609 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001610 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1611 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001612 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001613}
1614
1615
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001616
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001617Action::OwningExprResult
1618Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1619 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1620 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001621
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001622 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1623 switch (Kind) {
1624 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1625 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1626 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1627 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001628
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001629 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1630 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1631 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001632 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001633 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1634
1635 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1636 //
1637 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1638 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1639 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1640 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1641 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1642 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1643 // argument will have value zero.
1644 Expr *Args[2] = {
1645 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001646 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1647 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001648 };
1649
1650 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1651 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001652 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001653
1654 // Perform overload resolution.
1655 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001656 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001657 case OR_Success: {
1658 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1659 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1660
1661 if (FnDecl) {
1662 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1663 // operator.
1664
1665 // Convert the arguments.
1666 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1667 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001668 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001669 } else {
1670 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001671 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001672 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1673 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001674 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001675 }
1676
1677 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001678 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001679 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1680 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001681
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001682 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001683 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001684 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001685 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1686
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001687 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001688 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001689 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1690 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1691 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001692 } else {
1693 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1694 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1695 // operator node.
1696 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1697 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001698 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001699
1700 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001701 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001702 }
1703
1704 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1705 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1706 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1707 break;
1708
1709 case OR_Ambiguous:
1710 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1711 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1712 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1713 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001714 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001715
1716 case OR_Deleted:
1717 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1718 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1719 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1720 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1721 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1722 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001723 }
1724
1725 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1726 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1727 // build a built-in operation.
1728 }
1729
Eli Friedman6016cb22009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001730 Input.release();
1731 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001732 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001733}
1734
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001735Action::OwningExprResult
1736Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1737 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1738 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1739 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001740
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001741 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001742 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1743 Base.release();
1744 Idx.release();
1745 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1746 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1747 }
1748
1749 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001750 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001751 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1752 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1753 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001754 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1755 // to the candidate set.
1756 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1757 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001758 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1759 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001760
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001761 // Perform overload resolution.
1762 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001763 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001764 case OR_Success: {
1765 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1766 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1767
1768 if (FnDecl) {
1769 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1770 // operator.
1771
1772 // Convert the arguments.
1773 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1774 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1775 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1776 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1777 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001778 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001779 } else {
1780 // Convert the arguments.
1781 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1782 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1783 "passing") ||
1784 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1785 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1786 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001787 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001788 }
1789
1790 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001791 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001792 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1793 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001794
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001795 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001796 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1797 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001798 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1799
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001800 Base.release();
1801 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001802 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1803 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001804 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1805 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001806 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001807 } else {
1808 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1809 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1810 // operator node.
1811 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1812 "passing") ||
1813 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1814 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001815 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001816
1817 break;
1818 }
1819 }
1820
1821 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1822 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1823 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1824 break;
1825
1826 case OR_Ambiguous:
1827 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1828 << "[]"
1829 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1830 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001831 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001832
1833 case OR_Deleted:
1834 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1835 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1836 << "[]"
1837 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1838 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1839 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001840 }
1841
1842 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1843 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1844 // build a built-in operation.
1845 }
1846
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001847 // Perform default conversions.
1848 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1849 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001850
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001851 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001852
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001853 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001854 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001855 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001856 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001857 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1858 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001859 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1860 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1861 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1862 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001863 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001864 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1865 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001866 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001867 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001868 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001869 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1870 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001871 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001872 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1873 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1874 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1875 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1876 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1877 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1878 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1879 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1880 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1881 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1882 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001883 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1884 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001885 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001886
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001887 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1888 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001889 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1890 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1891 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1892 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1893 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1894 // force the promotion here.
1895 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1896 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1897 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1898 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1899
1900 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1901 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001902 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001903 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1904 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1905 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1906 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1907 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1908 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1909
1910 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1911 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001912 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001913 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001914 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1915 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001916 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001917 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001918 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001919 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1920 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001921
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001922 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1923 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1924 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1925 // incomplete types are not object types.
1926 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1927 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1928 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1929 return ExprError();
1930 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001931
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001932 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001933 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001934 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1935 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001936
1937 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1938 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1939 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1940 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1941 return ExprError();
1942 }
1943
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001944 Base.release();
1945 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001946 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001947 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001948}
1949
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001950QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001951CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001952 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001953 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001954
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001955 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1956 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001957
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001958 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001959 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1960 // to be selected.
1961 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001962
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001963 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1964 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001965 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001966
1967 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1968 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001969 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001970 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1971 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001972 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001973 do
1974 compStr++;
1975 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001976 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001977 do
1978 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001979 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001980 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001981
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001982 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001983 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1984 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001985 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1986 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001987 return QualType();
1988 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001989
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001990 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1991 // operates on.
1992 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1993 compStr = CompName.getName();
1994
1995 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001996 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001997
1998 while (*compStr) {
1999 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2000 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2001 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2002 return QualType();
2003 }
2004 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002005 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002006
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002007 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
2008 // number of elements.
2009 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002010 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002011 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002012 return QualType();
2013 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002014
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002015 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002016 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002017 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002018 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002019 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002020 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
2021 : CompName.getLength();
2022 if (HexSwizzle)
2023 CompSize--;
2024
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002025 if (CompSize == 1)
2026 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002027
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002028 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002029 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002030 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2031 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2032 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2033 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002034 }
2035 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002036}
2037
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002038static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
2039 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002040 const Selector &Sel,
2041 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002042
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002043 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002044 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002045 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002046 return OMD;
2047
2048 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2049 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002050 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2051 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002052 return D;
2053 }
2054 return 0;
2055}
2056
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002057static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002058 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002059 const Selector &Sel,
2060 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002061 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2062 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002063 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002064 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002065 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002066 GDecl = PD;
2067 break;
2068 }
2069 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002070 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002071 GDecl = OMD;
2072 break;
2073 }
2074 }
2075 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002076 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002077 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2078 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002079 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002080 if (GDecl)
2081 return GDecl;
2082 }
2083 }
2084 return GDecl;
2085}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002086
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002087/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2088/// all base class implementations.
2089///
2090ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2091 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2092 const Selector &Sel) {
2093 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis87018772009-07-21 00:06:04 +00002094 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002095 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002096
2097 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2098 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2099 return Method;
2100}
2101
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002102Action::OwningExprResult
2103Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2104 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002105 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002106 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
2107 // FIXME: handle the CXXScopeSpec for proper lookup of qualified-ids
2108 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
2109 return ExprError();
2110
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002111 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002112 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002113
2114 // Perform default conversions.
2115 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002116
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002117 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2118 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002119
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002120 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2121 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002122 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002123 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002124 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2125 BaseExpr, true,
2126 OpLoc,
2127 DeclarationName(&Member),
2128 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002129 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002130 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002131 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2132 ;
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002133 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002134 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2135 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2136 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002137 } else {
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002138 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2139 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2140 // (so we'll report an error for)
2141 // T* t;
2142 // t.f;
2143 //
2144 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2145 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2146 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002147 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002148
2149 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2150 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002151 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2152 BaseExpr, false,
2153 OpLoc,
2154 DeclarationName(&Member),
2155 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002156 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002157 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002158
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002159 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2160 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002161 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002162 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002163 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002164 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2165 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2166 return ExprError();
2167
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002168 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2169 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2170 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2171 // nested-name-specifier.
2172 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
2173
2174 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
2175 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2176 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2177 }
2178
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002179 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002180 LookupResult Result
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002181 = LookupQualifiedName(DC, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002182 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002183
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002184 if (SS && SS->isSet())
2185 {
2186 QualType BaseTypeCanon
2187 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
2188 QualType MemberTypeCanon
2189 = Context.getCanonicalType(
2190 Context.getTypeDeclType(
2191 dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Result.getAsDecl()->getDeclContext())));
2192
2193 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2194 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2195 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2196 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2197 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2198 }
2199
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002200 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002201 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2202 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002203 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002204 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2205 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2206 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002207 }
2208
2209 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002210
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002211 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2212 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2213 // error cases.
2214 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2215 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002216
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002217 // Check the use of this field
2218 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2219 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002220
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002221 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002222 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2223 // (C++ [class.union]).
2224 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002225 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002226 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002227
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002228 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002229 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002230 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002231 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2232 else {
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002233 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseType.getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002234 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2235 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002236 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002237 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2238 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002239 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
2240 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002241 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002242
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002243 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002244 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2245 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002246 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2247 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002248 }
2249
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002250 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2251 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002252 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002253 Var, MemberLoc,
2254 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002255 }
2256 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2257 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002258 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002259 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2260 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002261 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002262 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2263 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002264 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002265 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002266 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2267 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002268 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2269 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002270 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002271 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002272 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2273 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002274
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002275 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2276 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2277 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002278 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2279 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2280 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002281 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002282
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002283 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002284 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002285 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2286 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2287 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2288 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2289 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2290 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2291 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2292 // Check the use of this method.
2293 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2294 return ExprError();
2295 }
2296 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2297 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2298 Selector SetterSel =
2299 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2300 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2301 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2302 if (!Setter) {
2303 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2304 // methods.
2305 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2306 }
2307 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002308 if (!Setter)
2309 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002310
2311 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2312 return ExprError();
2313
2314 if (Getter || Setter) {
2315 QualType PType;
2316
2317 if (Getter)
2318 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2319 else {
2320 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2321 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2322 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2323 }
2324 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2325 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2326 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2327 }
2328 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2329 << &Member << BaseType);
2330 }
2331 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002332 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2333 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002334 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2335 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2336 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2337 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2338 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002339 if (IFaceT) {
2340 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2341 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2342 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2343
2344 if (IV) {
2345 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2346 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2347 // error cases.
2348 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2349 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002350
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002351 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2352 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2353 return ExprError();
2354 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2355 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2356 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2357 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2358 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2359 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2360 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2361 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2362 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2363 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2364 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2365 // AST for a function decl.
2366 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2367 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2368 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2369 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2370 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2371 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2372 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2373 }
2374
2375 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2376 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2377 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2378 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2379 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002380 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2381 // @protected
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002382 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2383 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002384 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002385
2386 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2387 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2388 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002389 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002390 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2391 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2392 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002393 }
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002394 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2395 // is a reference to 'isa'.
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002396 if (Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002397 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2398 Context.getObjCIdType()));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002399 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002400 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2401 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2402 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2403 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2404
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002405 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2406 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2407 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2408 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2409 // Check the use of this declaration
2410 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2411 return ExprError();
2412
2413 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2414 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2415 }
2416 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2417 // Check the use of this method.
2418 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2419 return ExprError();
2420
2421 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2422 OMD->getResultType(),
2423 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2424 NULL, 0));
2425 }
2426 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002427
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002428 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2429 << &Member << BaseType);
2430 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002431 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2432 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002433 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2434 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2435 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2436 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2437 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2438
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002439 // Search for a declared property first.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002440 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002441 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2442 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2443 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002444 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2445 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002446 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002447 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2448 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002449 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002450 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2451 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002452 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002453 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2454 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002455 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002456 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2457 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2458 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002459
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002460 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002461 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2462 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002463 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2464 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2465 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2466 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2467 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2468 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002469
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002470 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2471 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2472 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002473 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2474 // selector is implemented.
2475
2476 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2477 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2478
2479 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002480 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002481
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002482 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2483 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002484 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002485
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002486 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002487 if (!Getter)
2488 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002489 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002490 // Check if we can reference this property.
2491 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2492 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002493 }
2494 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2495 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2496 Selector SetterSel =
2497 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2498 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002499 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002500 if (!Setter) {
2501 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2502 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002503 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002504 }
2505 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002506 if (!Setter)
2507 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002508
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002509 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2510 return ExprError();
2511
2512 if (Getter || Setter) {
2513 QualType PType;
2514
2515 if (Getter)
2516 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2517 else {
2518 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2519 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2520 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2521 }
2522 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2523 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2524 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2525 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002526 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2527 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002528 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002529
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002530 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
2531 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2532 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002533 Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002534 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2535 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2536
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002537 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002538 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002539 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2540 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002541 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002542 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002543 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002544 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002545
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002546 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2547 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2548
2549 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2550 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2551 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2552 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2553 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2554 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002555 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002556 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2557 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2558 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2559 }
2560
2561 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002562}
2563
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002564/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2565/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2566/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2567/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2568/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2569/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002570bool
2571Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002572 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002573 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002574 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2575 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002576 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002577 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2578 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2579 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002580 bool Invalid = false;
2581
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002582 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2583 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2584 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2585 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2586 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2587 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2588 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2589 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002590 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002591 }
2592
2593 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2594 // them.
2595 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2596 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2597 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2598 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2599 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2600 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2601 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2602 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002603 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002604 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002605 }
2606 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2607 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002608
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002609 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2610 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2611 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002612
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002613 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002614 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002615 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002616
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002617 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2618 ProtoArgType,
2619 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2620 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2621 return true;
2622
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002623 // Pass the argument.
2624 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2625 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002626 } else {
2627 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2628 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2629 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2630 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2631 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2632 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002633 } else {
2634 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2635
2636 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2637 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2638 // be properly destroyed.
2639 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2640 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2641 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2642 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2643 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2644 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2645 }
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002646 }
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002647
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002648 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002649 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002650 }
2651
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002652 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002653
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002654 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2655 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002656
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002657 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2658 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002659 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2660 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2661 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2662 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2663 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2664
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002665 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2666 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2667 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002668 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002669 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2670 }
2671 }
2672
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002673 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002674}
2675
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002676/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002677/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2678/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002679Action::OwningExprResult
2680Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2681 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002682 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002683 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002684 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002685 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002686 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002687 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002688 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002689 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002690
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002691 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002692 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002693 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002694 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2695 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002696 bool Dependent = false;
2697 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2698 Dependent = true;
2699 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2700 Dependent = true;
2701
2702 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002703 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002704 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2705
2706 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2707 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2708 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2709 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2710
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002711 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002712 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2713 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2714 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2715 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2716 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2717 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2718 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002719 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2720 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002721 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002722 }
2723
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002724 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002725 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2726 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002727 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2728 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002729 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2730 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2731 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002732 while (true) {
2733 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2734 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2735 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002736 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002737 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002738 ADL = false;
2739 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2740 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002741 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002742 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2743 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002744 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002745 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2746 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002747 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002748 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002749 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002750 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2751 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2752 break;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002753 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2754 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2755 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002756 if (!NDecl)
2757 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002758 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2759 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2760 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2761
2762 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2763 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2764 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2765 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2766 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2767 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2768 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2769 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2770 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2771 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2772 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2773 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2774 //
2775 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2776 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2777 // is still possible.
2778 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2779 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002780 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002781 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002782 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2783 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2784 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002785 break;
2786 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002787 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002788
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002789 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002790 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002791 if (NDecl) {
2792 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2793 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002794 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2795 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002796 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2797 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002798 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002799
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002800 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2801 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002802 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002803 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002804 ADL = false;
2805
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002806 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2807 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2808 ADL = false;
2809
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002810 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002811 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2812 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2813 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2814 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2815 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2816 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002817 if (!FDecl)
2818 return ExprError();
2819
2820 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2821 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002822 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002823 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002824 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2825 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2826 false, false,
2827 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2828 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002829 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002830 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002831 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2832 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2833 Fn = NewFn;
2834 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002835 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002836
2837 // Promote the function operand.
2838 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2839
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002840 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2841 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002842 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2843 Args, NumArgs,
2844 Context.BoolTy,
2845 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002846
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002847 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2848 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2849 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2850 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002851 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002852 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002853 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2854 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002855 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2856 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002857 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002858 getAsFunctionType();
2859 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002860 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002861 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2862 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2863
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002864 // Check for a valid return type
2865 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2866 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2867 FuncT->getResultType(),
2868 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2869 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2870 return ExprError();
2871
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002872 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002873 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002874
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002875 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002876 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002877 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002878 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002879 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002880 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002881
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002882 if (FDecl) {
2883 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2884 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2885 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002886 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002887 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2888 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2889 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2890 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2891 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2892 }
2893 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002894 }
2895
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002896 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002897 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2898 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2899 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002900 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2901 Arg->getType(),
2902 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2903 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2904 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002905 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002906 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002907 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002908
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002909 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2910 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002911 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2912 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002913
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002914 // Check for sentinels
2915 if (NDecl)
2916 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002917 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002918 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002919 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002920 if (NDecl)
2921 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002922
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002923 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002924}
2925
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002926Action::OwningExprResult
2927Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2928 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002929 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002930 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002931 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002932 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002933 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002934
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002935 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002936 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002937 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2938 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002939 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2940 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2941 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002942 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002943 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002944
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002945 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002946 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002947 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002948
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002949 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002950 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002951 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002952 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002953 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002954 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002955 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002956 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002957}
2958
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002959Action::OwningExprResult
2960Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002961 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2962 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2963 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002964
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002965 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002966 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002967
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002968 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002969 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002970 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002971 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002972}
2973
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002974/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002975bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
2976 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002977 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002978 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002979
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002980 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2981
2982 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2983 // type needs to be scalar.
2984 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2985 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
2986 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002987 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2988 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2989 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2990 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002991 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002992 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2993 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2994 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2995 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002996 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002997 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002998 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002999 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3000 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3001 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3002 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3003 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3004 break;
3005 }
3006 }
3007 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3008 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3009 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3010 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003011 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003012 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003013 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003014 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003015 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003016 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003017 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3018 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003019 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003020 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
3021 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003022 return true;
3023 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
3024 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
3025 return true;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003026 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3027 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
3028 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00003029 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003030 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003031 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
3032 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3033 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3034 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3035 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3036 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3037 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3038 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3039 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3040 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3041 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003042 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003043 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3044 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003045 return false;
3046}
3047
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00003048bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003049 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003050
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003051 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003052 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003053 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003054 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003055 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003056 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003057 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003058 } else
3059 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003060 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003061 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003062
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003063 return false;
3064}
3065
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003066bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3067 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
3068
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003069 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3070 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003071 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3072 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3073 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3074 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3075 return false;
3076 }
3077
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003078 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003079 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3080 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003081 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3082 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3083 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3084 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003085 return false;
3086}
3087
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003088Action::OwningExprResult
3089Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3090 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3091 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3092 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003093
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003094 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003095 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
3096
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003097 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003098 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003099 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Anders Carlssoncdef2b72009-07-31 00:48:10 +00003100 CastExpr::CK_Unknown, castExpr,
3101 castType, LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003102}
3103
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003104/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3105/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003106/// C99 6.5.15
3107QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3108 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003109 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3110 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3111 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3112
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003113 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3114 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3115 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3116 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3117 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3118 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003119
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003120 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003121 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3122 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3123 << CondTy;
3124 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003125 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003126
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003127 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003128
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003129 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3130 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003131 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3132 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3133 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003134 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003135
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003136 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3137 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003138 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3139 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003140 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003141 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003142 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003143 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003144 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003145 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003146
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003147 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003148 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003149 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3150 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3151 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3152 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3153 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3154 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3155 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3156 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3157 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003158 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003159 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003160 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3161 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003162 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003163 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3164 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3165 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003166 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003167 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003168 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3169 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3170 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003171 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003172 // Handle block pointer types.
3173 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3174 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3175 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3176 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3177 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3178 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3179 return destType;
3180 }
3181 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3182 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3183 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003184 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003185 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3186 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3187 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003188 return LHSTy;
3189 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003190 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003191 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3192 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003193
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003194 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3195 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003196 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3197 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3198 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3199 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3200 // to get a consistent AST.
3201 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3202 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3203 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3204 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003205 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003206 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3207 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3208 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003209 return LHSTy;
3210 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003211 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003212 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003213
3214 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3215 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3216 return LHSTy;
3217 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003218 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3219 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003220 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3221
3222 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3223 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3224 // type. This allows
3225 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3226 // where B is a subclass of A.
3227 //
3228 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3229 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3230 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3231 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3232
3233 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3234 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003235 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003236 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003237 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003238 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003239 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3240 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003241 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003242 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3243 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3244 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3245 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3246 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3247 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003248 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3249 } else {
3250 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3251 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3252 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3253 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3254 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3255 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3256 return incompatTy;
3257 }
3258 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3259 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3260 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3261 return compositeType;
3262 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003263 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3264 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003265 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003266 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3267 QualType destPointee = lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3268 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3269 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3270 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3271 return destType;
3272 }
3273 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3274 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003275 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003276 QualType destPointee = rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3277 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3278 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3279 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3280 return destType;
3281 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003282 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3283 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3284 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003285 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3286 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003287
3288 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3289 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3290 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3291 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3292 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3293 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3294 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3295 return destType;
3296 }
3297 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3298 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3299 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3300 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3301 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3302 return destType;
3303 }
3304
3305 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3306 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3307 return LHSTy;
3308 }
3309 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3310 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3311 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3312 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3313 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3314 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3315 // to get a consistent AST.
3316 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3317 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3318 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3319 return incompatTy;
3320 }
3321 // The pointer types are compatible.
3322 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3323 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3324 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3325 // type.
3326 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3327 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3328 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3329 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3330 return LHSTy;
3331 }
3332
3333 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3334 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3335 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3336 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3337 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3338 return RHSTy;
3339 }
3340 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3341 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3342 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3343 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3344 return LHSTy;
3345 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003346
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003347 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003348 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3349 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003350 return QualType();
3351}
3352
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003353/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003354/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003355Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3356 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3357 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3358 ExprArg RHS) {
3359 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3360 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003361
3362 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3363 // was the condition.
3364 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3365 if (isLHSNull)
3366 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003367
3368 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003369 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003370 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003371 return ExprError();
3372
3373 Cond.release();
3374 LHS.release();
3375 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003376 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003377 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3378 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003379}
3380
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003381// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003382// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003383// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3384// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3385// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003386Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003387Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3388 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003389
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003390 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003391 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3392 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003393
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003394 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003395 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3396 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003397
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003398 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003399
3400 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3401 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3402 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003403 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003404 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003405 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003406
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003407 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3408 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003409 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003410 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003411 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003412 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003413
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003414 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003415 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3416 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003417 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003418
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003419 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003420 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003421 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003422
3423 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003424 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3425 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003426 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003427 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003428 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003429 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3430 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3431 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3432 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3433 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3434 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3435 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3436 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3437 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3438 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3439 }
3440 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3441 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3442 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3443 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3444 }
3445 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3446 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3447 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3448 // warning can be disabled.
3449 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3450 return ConvTy;
3451 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3452 }
3453 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3454 return IncompatiblePointer;
3455 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003456 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003457}
3458
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003459/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3460/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3461/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3462// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003463Sema::AssignConvertType
3464Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003465 QualType rhsType) {
3466 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003467
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003468 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003469 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3470 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003471
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003472 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3473 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3474 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003475
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003476 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003477
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003478 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3479 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3480 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003481
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003482 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003483 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003484 return ConvTy;
3485}
3486
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003487/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3488/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003489/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3490///
3491/// int a, *pint;
3492/// short *pshort;
3493/// struct foo *pfoo;
3494///
3495/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3496/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3497/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3498/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3499///
3500/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003501/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003502///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003503Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003504Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003505 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3506 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003507 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3508 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003509
3510 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003511 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003512
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003513 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3514 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3515 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3516 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3517 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3518 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3519 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003520 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003521 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003522 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003523 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003524 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003525 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3526 // to the same ExtVector type.
3527 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3528 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3529 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3530 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3531 return Compatible;
3532 }
3533
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003534 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003535 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003536 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003537 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003538 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3539 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003540 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003541 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003542 }
3543 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003544 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003545
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003546 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003547 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003548
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003549 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003550 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003551 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003552
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003553 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003554 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003555
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003556 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003557 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003558 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3559 return Compatible;
3560 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003561 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003562 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3563 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003564 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003565
3566 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003567 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003568 return Compatible;
3569 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003570 return Incompatible;
3571 }
3572
3573 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3574 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003575 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003576
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003577 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003578 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003579 return Compatible;
3580
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003581 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3582 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003583
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003584 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003585 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003586 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003587 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003588 return Incompatible;
3589 }
3590
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003591 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3592 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3593 return IntToPointer;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003594
3595 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003596 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003597 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3598 return Compatible;
3599 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003600 }
3601 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003602 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3603 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003604 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3605 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003606 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3607 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003608 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003609 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003610 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003611 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3612 return Compatible;
3613 }
3614 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3615 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3616 return Compatible;
3617 return Incompatible;
3618 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003619 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003620 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003621 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3622 return Compatible;
3623
3624 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003625 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003626
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003627 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003628 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003629
3630 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003631 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003632 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003633 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003634 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003635 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3636 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3637 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3638 return Compatible;
3639
3640 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3641 return PointerToInt;
3642
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003643 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003644 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003645 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3646 return Compatible;
3647 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003648 }
3649 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003650 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003651 return Compatible;
3652 return Incompatible;
3653 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003654
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003655 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003656 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003657 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003658 }
3659 return Incompatible;
3660}
3661
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003662/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3663/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3664static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3665 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3666 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3667 // of the transparent union.
3668 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3669 &E, 1,
3670 SourceLocation());
3671 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3672 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3673
3674 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3675 // union type from this initializer list.
3676 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3677 false);
3678}
3679
3680Sema::AssignConvertType
3681Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3682 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3683
3684 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3685 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3686 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003687 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003688 return Incompatible;
3689
3690 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3691 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3692 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3693 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003694 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3695 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003696 it != itend; ++it) {
3697 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3698 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3699 // 1) void pointer
3700 // 2) null pointer constant
3701 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003702 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003703 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3704 InitField = *it;
3705 break;
3706 }
3707
3708 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3709 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3710 InitField = *it;
3711 break;
3712 }
3713 }
3714
3715 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3716 == Compatible) {
3717 InitField = *it;
3718 break;
3719 }
3720 }
3721
3722 if (!InitField)
3723 return Incompatible;
3724
3725 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3726 return Compatible;
3727}
3728
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003729Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003730Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003731 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3732 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3733 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3734 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3735 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003736 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3737 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003738 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003739 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003740 }
3741
3742 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3743 // structures.
3744 }
3745
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003746 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3747 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003748 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003749 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003750 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003751 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003752 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003753 return Compatible;
3754 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003755
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003756 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003757 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003758 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003759 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003760 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003761 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003762 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3763 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003764
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003765 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3766 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003767
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003768 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3769 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003770 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3771 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3772 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3773 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003774 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003775 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003776 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003777}
3778
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003779QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003780 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003781 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003782 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003783 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003784}
3785
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003786inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003787 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003788 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003789 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003790 QualType lhsType =
3791 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3792 QualType rhsType =
3793 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003794
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003795 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003796 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003797 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003798
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003799 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3800 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003801 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3802 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3803 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003804 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3805 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003806 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003807 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003808 }
3809 }
3810 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003811
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003812 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3813 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3814 bool swapped = false;
3815 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3816 swapped = true;
3817 std::swap(rex, lex);
3818 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3819 }
3820
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003821 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003822 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3823 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3824 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3825 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003826 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003827 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3828 return lhsType;
3829 }
3830 }
3831 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3832 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3833 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003834 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003835 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3836 return lhsType;
3837 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003838 }
3839 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003840
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003841 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003842 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003843 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003844 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003845 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003846}
3847
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003848inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003849 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003850{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003851 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003852 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003853
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003854 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003855
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003856 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003857 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003858 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003859}
3860
3861inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003862 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003863{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003864 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3865 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3866 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3867 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3868 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003869
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003870 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003871
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003872 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003873 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003874 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003875}
3876
3877inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003878 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003879{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003880 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3881 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3882 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3883 return compType;
3884 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003885
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003886 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003887
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003888 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003889 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3890 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3891 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003892 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003893 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003894
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003895 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3896 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003897 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003898 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3899
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003900 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003901
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003902 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003903 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003904
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003905 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3906 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003907 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3908 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003909 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003910 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003911 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003912
3913 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3914 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3915 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003916 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003917 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3918 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3919 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3920 return QualType();
3921 }
3922
3923 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3924 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3925 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003926 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003927 // Check if we require a complete type.
3928 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003929 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003930 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
3931 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
3932 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3933 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3934 PExp->getType()))
3935 return QualType();
3936 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003937 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3938 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3939 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3940 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3941 return QualType();
3942 }
3943
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003944 if (CompLHSTy) {
3945 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3946 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3947 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003948 else {
3949 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3950 if (!T.isNull())
3951 LHSTy = T;
3952 }
3953
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003954 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3955 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003956 return PExp->getType();
3957 }
3958 }
3959
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003960 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003961}
3962
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003963// C99 6.5.6
3964QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003965 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3966 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3967 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3968 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3969 return compType;
3970 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003971
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003972 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003973
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003974 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003975
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003976 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003977 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3978 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003979 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003980 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003981 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003982
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003983 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003984 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00003985 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003986
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003987 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003988
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003989 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3990 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3991 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3992 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3993 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3994 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3995 return QualType();
3996 }
3997
3998 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3999 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4000 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4001 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4002 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004003 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004004 return QualType();
4005 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004006
4007 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4008 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4009 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
4010 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
4011 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4012 lex->getSourceRange(),
4013 SourceRange(),
4014 lex->getType()))
4015 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004016
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004017 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4018 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4019 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4020 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4021 return QualType();
4022 }
4023
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004024 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004025 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4026 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4027 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4028 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4029 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4030 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4031 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4032 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4033
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004034 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004035 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004036 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004037
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004038 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004039 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004040 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004041
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004042 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4043 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4044 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4045 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4046 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4047 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4048 return QualType();
4049 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004050
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004051 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4052 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4053 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4054 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004055 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004056 return QualType();
4057 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004058
4059 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4060 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4061 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4062 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4063 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
4064 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4065 rex->getSourceRange(),
4066 SourceRange(),
4067 rex->getType()))
4068 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004069
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004070 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4071 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4072 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4073 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4074 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4075 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4076 return QualType();
4077 }
4078 } else {
4079 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4080 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4081 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4082 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4083 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4084 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4085 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4086 return QualType();
4087 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004088 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004089
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004090 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4091 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4092 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4093 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4094 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4095 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4096 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004097
4098 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004099 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4100 }
4101 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004102
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004103 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004104}
4105
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004106// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004107QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004108 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004109 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4110 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004111 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004112
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004113 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4114 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004115 QualType LHSTy;
4116 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
4117 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004118 else {
4119 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4120 if (LHSTy.isNull())
4121 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4122 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004123 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004124 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4125
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004126 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004127
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004128 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004129 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004130}
4131
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004132// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004133QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004134 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4135 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4136
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004137 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004138 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004139
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004140 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004141 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4142 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4143 else {
4144 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4145 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4146 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004147 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4148 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004149
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004150 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4151 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004152 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4153 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4154 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004155 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4156 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004157 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4158 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4159 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4160 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004161 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4162 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004163 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004164
4165 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4166 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4167 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4168 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4169
4170 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4171 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004172 Expr *literalString = 0;
4173 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004174 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004175 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4176 literalString = lex;
4177 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004178 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4179 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
4180 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004181 literalString = rex;
4182 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4183 }
4184
4185 if (literalString) {
4186 std::string resultComparison;
4187 switch (Opc) {
4188 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4189 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4190 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4191 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4192 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4193 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4194 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4195 }
4196 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4197 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4198 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004199 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4200 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4201 "strcmp(")
4202 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4203 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004204 resultComparison);
4205 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004206 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004207
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004208 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004209 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004210
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004211 if (isRelational) {
4212 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004213 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004214 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004215 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004216 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004217 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004218 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004219 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004220
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004221 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004222 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004223 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004224
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004225 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4226 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004227
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004228 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4229 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4230 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004231 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004232 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004233 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004234 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004235 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004236
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004237 if (isRelational) {
4238 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004239 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4240 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4241 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004242 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4243 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4244 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4245 }
4246 } else {
4247 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4248 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4249 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4250 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4251 }
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004252 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004253
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004254 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4255 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4256 return ResultTy;
4257
4258 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4259 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4260 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4261 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4262 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4263 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4264 //
4265 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4266 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004267 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004268 if (T.isNull()) {
4269 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4270 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4271 return QualType();
4272 }
4273
4274 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4275 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4276 return ResultTy;
4277 }
4278
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004279 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004280 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4281 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004282 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004283 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004284 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004285 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004286 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004287 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004288 }
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004289 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4290 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4291 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4292 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4293 return ResultTy;
4294 }
4295 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4296 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4297 return ResultTy;
4298 }
4299 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4300 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4301 return ResultTy;
4302 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004303 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004304 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004305 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4306 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004307
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004308 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004309 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004310 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004311 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004312 }
4313 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004314 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004315 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004316 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004317 if (!isRelational
4318 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4319 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004320 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004321 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004322 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004323 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004324 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4325 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4326 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004327 }
4328 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004329 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004330 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004331
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004332 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004333 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004334 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4335 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004336 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004337 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004338 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004339 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004340
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004341 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4342 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004343 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004344 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004345 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004346 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004347 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004348 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004349 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4350 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4351 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4352 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4353 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004354 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004355 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004356 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004357 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004358 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004359 if (isRelational)
4360 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4361 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4362 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004363 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004364 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004365 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004366 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004367 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004368 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004369 if (isRelational)
4370 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4371 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4372 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004373 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004374 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004375 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004376 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004377 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004378 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004379 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4380 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004381 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004382 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004383 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004384 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4385 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004386 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004387 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004388 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004389 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004390}
4391
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004392/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004393/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004394/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4395/// types.
4396QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004397 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004398 bool isRelational) {
4399 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4400 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004401 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004402 if (vType.isNull())
4403 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004404
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004405 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4406 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004407
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004408 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4409 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4410 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4411 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4412 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4413 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4414 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004415 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004416 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004417
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004418 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4419 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4420 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004421 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004422 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004423
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004424 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4425 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4426 // elements for floating point vectors.
4427 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4428 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004429
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004430 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004431 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004432 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004433 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004434 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004435 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4436
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004437 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004438 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004439 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4440}
4441
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004442inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004443 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004444{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004445 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004446 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004447
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004448 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004449
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004450 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004451 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004452 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004453}
4454
4455inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004456 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004457{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004458 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4459 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004460
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004461 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004462 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004463 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004464}
4465
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004466/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4467/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4468/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4469///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004470static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004471{
4472 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4473 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4474 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4475 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004476 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4477 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4478 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4479 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4480 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004481 }
4482 }
4483 return false;
4484}
4485
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004486/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4487/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4488static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004489 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4490 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4491 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004492 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4493 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004494 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4495 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004496
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004497 unsigned Diag = 0;
4498 bool NeedType = false;
4499 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4500 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4501 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004502 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004503 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4504 NeedType = true;
4505 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004506 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004507 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4508 NeedType = true;
4509 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004510 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004511 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4512 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004513 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004514 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4515 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004516 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4517 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004518 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004519 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4520 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004521 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004522 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4523 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004524 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004525 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4526 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004527 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4528 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4529 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004530 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4531 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4532 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004533 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004534
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004535 SourceRange Assign;
4536 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4537 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004538 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004539 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004540 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004541 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004542 return true;
4543}
4544
4545
4546
4547// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004548QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4549 SourceLocation Loc,
4550 QualType CompoundType) {
4551 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4552 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004553 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004554
4555 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4556 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004557
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004558 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004559 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004560 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004561 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004562 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4563 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4564 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004565 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004566 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004567 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004568 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004569
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004570 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4571 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4572 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004573 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004574 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4575 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4576 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4577 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4578 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004579 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004580 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004581 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4582 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4583 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004584 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4585 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004586 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4587 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4588 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004589 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004590 }
4591 } else {
4592 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004593 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004594 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004595
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004596 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4597 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004598 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004599
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004600 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4601 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004602 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004603 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4604 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004605 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004606 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004607 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004608}
4609
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004610// C99 6.5.17
4611QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004612 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004613 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004614
4615 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4616 // incomplete in C++).
4617
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004618 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004619}
4620
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004621/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4622/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004623QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4624 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004625 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4626 return Context.DependentTy;
4627
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004628 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4629 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004630
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004631 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4632 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4633 if (!isInc) {
4634 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4635 return QualType();
4636 }
4637 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4638 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4639 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004640 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004641 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4642 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004643
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004644 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004645 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004646 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4647 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4648 << Op->getSourceRange();
4649 return QualType();
4650 }
4651
4652 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004653 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004654 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004655 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4656 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4657 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4658 return QualType();
4659 }
4660
4661 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004662 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004663 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004664 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4665 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4666 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004667 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004668 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4669 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4670 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4671 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4672 return QualType();
4673 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004674 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4675 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4676 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004677 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004678 } else {
4679 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004680 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004681 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004682 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004683 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004684 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004685 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004686 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004687 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004688}
4689
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004690/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004691/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004692/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4693/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4694/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4695/// - &(x) => x
4696/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4697/// - &s.xx => s
4698/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4699/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4700/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4701/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004702static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004703 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004704 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004705 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004706 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004707 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004708 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4709 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4710 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004711 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004712 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004713 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004714 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004715 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004716 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4717 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004718 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4719 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4720 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4721 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4722 }
4723 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004724 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004725 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4726 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004727
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004728 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004729 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4730 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4731 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4732 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4733 default:
4734 return 0;
4735 }
4736 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004737 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004738 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004739 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004740 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4741 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004742 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004743 default:
4744 return 0;
4745 }
4746}
4747
4748/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004749/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004750/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004751/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004752/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004753/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004754/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004755QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004756 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4757 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4758
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004759 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4760 return Context.DependentTy;
4761
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004762 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4763 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4764 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4765 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4766 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4767 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4768 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4769 }
4770 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4771 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4772 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004773 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004774 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004775
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004776 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4777 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004778 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004779 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004780 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004781 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4782 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004783 return QualType();
4784 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004785 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004786 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4787 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4788 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004789 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004790 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4791 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004792 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004793 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004794 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004795 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004796 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4797 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4798 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4799 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4800 return QualType();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004801 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004802 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004803 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4804 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4805 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004806 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4807 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004808 return QualType();
4809 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004810 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4811 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004812 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004813 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004814 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004815 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4816 // scope qualifier for the class.
4817 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4818 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004819 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4820 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4821 Diag(OpLoc,
4822 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4823 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4824 return QualType();
4825 }
4826
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004827 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4828 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004829 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004830 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004831 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004832 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004833 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004834 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4835 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4836 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4837 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004838 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004839 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004840
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004841 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4842 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4843 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4844 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4845 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4846 }
4847
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004848 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4849 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4850}
4851
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004852QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004853 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4854 return Context.DependentTy;
4855
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004856 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4857 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004858
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004859 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4860 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4861 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4862 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004863 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004864 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004865
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004866 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4867 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4868
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004869 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004870 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004871 return QualType();
4872}
4873
4874static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4875 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4876 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4877 switch (Kind) {
4878 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004879 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4880 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004881 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4882 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4883 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4884 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4885 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4886 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4887 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4888 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4889 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4890 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4891 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4892 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4893 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4894 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4895 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4896 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4897 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4898 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4899 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4900 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4901 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4902 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4903 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4904 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4905 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4906 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4907 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4908 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4909 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4910 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4911 }
4912 return Opc;
4913}
4914
4915static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4916 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4917 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4918 switch (Kind) {
4919 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4920 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4921 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4922 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4923 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4924 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4925 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4926 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4927 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004928 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4929 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4930 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4931 }
4932 return Opc;
4933}
4934
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004935/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4936/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4937/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004938Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4939 unsigned Op,
4940 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004941 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004942 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004943 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4944 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4945 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004946
4947 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004948 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4949 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4950 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004951 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4952 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4953 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4954 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4955 break;
4956 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004957 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4958 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4959 break;
4960 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4961 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4962 break;
4963 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4964 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4965 break;
4966 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4967 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4968 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004969 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004970 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4971 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4972 break;
4973 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4974 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4975 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4976 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004977 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004978 break;
4979 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4980 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004981 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004982 break;
4983 case BinaryOperator::And:
4984 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4985 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4986 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4987 break;
4988 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4989 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4990 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4991 break;
4992 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4993 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004994 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4995 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4996 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4997 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004998 break;
4999 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005000 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5001 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5002 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5003 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005004 break;
5005 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005006 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5007 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5008 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005009 break;
5010 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005011 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5012 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5013 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005014 break;
5015 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5016 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005017 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5018 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5019 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5020 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005021 break;
5022 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5023 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5024 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005025 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5026 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5027 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5028 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005029 break;
5030 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5031 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5032 break;
5033 }
5034 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005035 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005036 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005037 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5038 else
5039 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005040 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5041 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005042}
5043
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005044// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005045Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5046 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5047 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005048 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005049 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005050
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005051 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5052 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005053
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005054 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5055 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
5056 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5057 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5058 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5059 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5060 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005061 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005062 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5063 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5064 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5065 Functions);
5066 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
5067 DeclarationName OpName
5068 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5069 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005070 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005071
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005072 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5073 // binary operation.
5074 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005075 }
5076
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005077 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5078 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005079}
5080
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005081Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5082 unsigned OpcIn,
5083 ExprArg InputArg) {
5084 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005085
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005086 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005087 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005088 QualType resultType;
5089 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005090 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5091 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5092 break;
5093
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005094 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5095 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005096 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5097 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005098 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005099 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5100 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005101 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005102 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005103 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5104 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005105 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005106 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005107 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5108 break;
5109 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5110 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005111 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5112 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005113 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5114 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005115 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5116 break;
5117 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5118 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5119 break;
5120 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5121 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5122 resultType->isPointerType())
5123 break;
5124
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005125 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5126 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005127 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005128 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5129 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005130 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5131 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005132 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5133 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5134 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005135 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005136 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005137 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005138 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5139 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005140 break;
5141 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5142 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005143 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5144 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005145 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5146 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005147 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005148 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5149 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005150 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005151 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5152 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005153 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005154 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005155 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005156 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005157 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005158 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005159 resultType = Input->getType();
5160 break;
5161 }
5162 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005163 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005164
5165 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005166 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005167}
5168
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005169// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5170Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5171 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5172 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5173 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5174
5175 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5176 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5177 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5178 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5179 // the arguments.
5180 FunctionSet Functions;
5181 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5182 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5183 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5184 Functions);
5185 DeclarationName OpName
5186 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5187 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5188 }
5189
5190 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5191 }
5192
5193 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5194}
5195
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005196/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005197Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5198 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5199 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005200 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005201 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005202
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005203 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5204 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005205 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005206 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005207
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005208 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005209 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5210 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005211}
5212
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005213Sema::OwningExprResult
5214Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5215 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5216 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005217 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5218 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5219
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005220 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005221 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005222 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005223
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005224 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5225 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5226 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005227
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005228 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5229 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5230 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005231
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005232 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5233 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5234 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5235 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5236 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005237
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005238 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005239 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005240 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005241
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005242 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5243 // expressions are not lvalues.
5244
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005245 substmt.release();
5246 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005247}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005248
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005249Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5250 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5251 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5252 TypeTy *argty,
5253 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5254 unsigned NumComponents,
5255 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5256 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5257 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005258 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5259 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005260
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005261 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5262
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005263 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5264 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5265 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005266 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005267 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005268
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005269 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5270 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005271
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005272 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5273 // the offsetof designators.
5274 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5275 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005276 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005277 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005278
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005279 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5280 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005281 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5282 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005283 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005284 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5285 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005286
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005287 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005288 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005289
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005290 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5291 // leaks like a sieve.
5292 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5293 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5294 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5295 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5296 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5297 if (!AT) {
5298 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005299 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5300 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005301 }
5302
5303 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5304
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005305 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5306 // expression.
5307 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5308
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005309 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5310 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005311 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005312 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005313 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005314 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005315 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005316
5317 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5318 OC.LocEnd);
5319 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005320 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005321
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005322 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005323 if (!RC) {
5324 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005325 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5326 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005327 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005328
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005329 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5330 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005331 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005332 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005333 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5334 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5335 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005336 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5337 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005338 }
5339
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005340 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5341 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5342 LookupMemberName)
5343 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005344 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005345 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005346 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5347 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005348
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005349 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5350 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005351 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005352 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5353 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005354 } else {
5355 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5356 // doesn't matter here.
5357 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5358 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5359 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005360 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005361 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005362
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005363 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5364 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005365}
5366
5367
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005368Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5369 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5370 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005371 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5372 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005373
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005374 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005375
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005376 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5377 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5378 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5379 return ExprError();
5380 }
5381
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005382 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5383 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005384}
5385
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005386Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5387 ExprArg cond,
5388 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5389 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5390 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5391 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5392 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005393
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005394 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5395
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005396 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005397 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005398 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5399 } else {
5400 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5401 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5402 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5403 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005404 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5405 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5406 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005407
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005408 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5409 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5410 }
5411
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005412 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5413 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5414 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005415}
5416
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005417//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5418// Clang Extensions.
5419//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5420
5421/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005422void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005423 // Analyze block parameters.
5424 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005425
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005426 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5427 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5428 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005429
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005430 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005431 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005432 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005433 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005434 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5435 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005436
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005437 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005438 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005439}
5440
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005441void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005442 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005443
5444 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5445 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005446 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005447 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5448
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005449 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5450 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5451 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5452 return;
5453 }
5454
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005455 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5456 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5457 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5458
5459 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5460 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005461 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005462 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005463 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005464 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005465 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5466 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005467 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5468
5469 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5470 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5471 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5472 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5473 return;
5474 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005475 return;
5476 }
5477
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005478 // Analyze arguments to block.
5479 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5480 "Not a function declarator!");
5481 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005482
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005483 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5484 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005485
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005486 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5487 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5488 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5489 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005490 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5491 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005492 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005493 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005494 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5495 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005496 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005497 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005498 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005499 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005500 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005501 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005502 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005503 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5504 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5505 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5506 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5507 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005508
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005509 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005510 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005511 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005512 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005513 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005514 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5515 }
5516
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005517 // Analyze the return type.
5518 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5519 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5520
5521 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5522 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5523 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5524 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5525 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005526 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005527}
5528
5529/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5530/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5531void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5532 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5533 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005534
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005535 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5536
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005537 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005538 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005539 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005540 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005541}
5542
5543/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5544/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005545Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5546 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005547 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5548 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5549 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5550
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005551 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5552 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005553
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005554 PopDeclContext();
5555
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005556 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5557 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005558
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005559 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005560 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5561 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005562
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005563 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5564 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5565 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005566
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005567 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005568 QualType BlockTy;
5569 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005570 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5571 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005572 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005573 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005574 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5575 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005576
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005577 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005578 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005579 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005580
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005581 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5582 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5583 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5584 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5585
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005586 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005587 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005588 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5589 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005590}
5591
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005592Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5593 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5594 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005595 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005596 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5597 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5598
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005599 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005600
5601 // Get the va_list type
5602 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005603 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5604 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5605 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5606 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005607 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005608 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5609 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5610 } else {
5611 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5612 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005613 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5614 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005615 return ExprError();
5616 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005617
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005618 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5619 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005620 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5621 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005622 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005623 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005624
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005625 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005626 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005627
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005628 expr.release();
5629 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5630 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005631}
5632
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005633Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005634 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5635 // pointers on the target.
5636 QualType Ty;
5637 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5638 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5639 else
5640 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5641
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005642 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005643}
5644
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005645bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5646 SourceLocation Loc,
5647 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5648 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5649 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5650 bool isInvalid = false;
5651 unsigned DiagKind;
5652 switch (ConvTy) {
5653 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5654 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005655 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005656 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5657 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005658 case IntToPointer:
5659 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5660 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005661 case IncompatiblePointer:
5662 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5663 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005664 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5665 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5666 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005667 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5668 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5669 break;
5670 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005671 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5672 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5673 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5674 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5675 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5676 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5677 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5678 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5679 // C++ semantics.
5680 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5681 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5682 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005683 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5684 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005685 case IntToBlockPointer:
5686 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5687 break;
5688 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005689 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005690 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005691 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005692 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005693 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5694 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5695 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005696 case IncompatibleVectors:
5697 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5698 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005699 case Incompatible:
5700 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5701 isInvalid = true;
5702 break;
5703 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005704
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005705 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5706 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005707 return isInvalid;
5708}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005709
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005710bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005711 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5712 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5713 if (Result)
5714 *Result = ICEResult;
5715 return false;
5716 }
5717
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005718 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5719
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005720 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005721 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5722 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5723
5724 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5725 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5726 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5727 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5728 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5729 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5730 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005731
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005732 return true;
5733 }
5734
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005735 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5736 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005737
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005738 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5739 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5740 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005741
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005742 if (Result)
5743 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5744 return false;
5745}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005746
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005747Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5748Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5749 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5750 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5751 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5752
5753 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5754 return NewContext;
5755}
5756
5757void
5758Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5759 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5760 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5761
5762 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5763 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5764 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5765 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5766 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5767 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5768 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5769
5770 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5771 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5772 I != IEnd; ++I)
5773 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5774 }
5775}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005776
5777/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5778///
5779/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5780/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5781/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5782/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5783///
5784/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5785///
5786/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5787void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5788 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5789
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005790 if (D->isUsed())
5791 return;
5792
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005793 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5794 // template or not.
5795 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5796 D->setUsed(true);
5797
5798 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5799 // an instantiation.
5800 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5801 return;
5802
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005803 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5804 case Unevaluated:
5805 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5806 return;
5807
5808 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5809 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5810 // "used"; handle this below.
5811 break;
5812
5813 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5814 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5815 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5816 // potentially evaluated.
5817 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5818 return;
5819 }
5820
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005821 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005822 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005823 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005824 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5825 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5826 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005827 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5828 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005829 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5830 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5831 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005832 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5833 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5834 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5835
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005836 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5837 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5838 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5839 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5840 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5841 }
5842 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005843 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005844 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5845 // class templates.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005846 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005847 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5848 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5849 // instantiated, naturally).
5850 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5851 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregorb33fe2f2009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005852 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005853 }
5854
5855
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005856 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005857 Function->setUsed(true);
5858 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005859 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005860
5861 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005862 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
5863 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
5864 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
5865 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
5866 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
5867 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
5868
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005869 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005870
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005871 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005872 return;
5873}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005874}
5875